Home

2007 Nissan Versa Owner Guide

1. EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Loading Information label The label is located as shown shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE 9 12 Technical and consumer information Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket License plate bracket screws x 2 License plate screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 Hold the license plate bracket and make a shallow hole in the bumper fascia at the location marks small dimples using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill To avoid damaging the area behind the fascia apply only light pressure to the drill Insert the grommets 2 into the holes in the bumper fascia Insert a small flat bladed screwdriver into the grommet hole to turn the threaded part of the grommet 90 Mount the license plate bracket using the two longer screws 38 Use the two shorter hex head screws to mount the license plate to the license plate bracket using the two M6 14 mm bolts VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a car
2. 8 18 Service manual order form 9 19 Servicing air conditioner 4 9 Shift lock release 2 006 5 14 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 12 Manual transmission 5 16 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 12 Spark plug replacement 8 15 Speedometer ooa a eee 2 3 SRS warning label 1 47 Starting Before starting the engine aaan a 5 10 JUMP Starting ea s coa aw a0 nd 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Starting so wo so doe dom ae ant dees 6 9 Starting the engine 5 10 Steering Power steering system 5 22 Tilting steering wheel 3 26 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 25 SOP NGM 2 2 64 2 0 be He sane de ae er 8 25 OE sa Ge oe Gee oe ae 2 23 Storag Waye so a s aw oe Se ere S os 2 23 Sunglasses case 02200 2 24 Sunglasses holder 2 24 SUNOO oac biG x oS oa Ee ae ae ane 2 30 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 47 1 47 2 11 1 40 Supplemental air bag warning light Supplemental front impact air bag system Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 47 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM an s e ia a Gade ee ee Se a ed 1 33 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 33 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 29 Fog light SWIC a s lt a eo ca
3. 2 29 Rear Soale e eens eee eb a es 1 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCh kk ww oo a ee ee OE 2 18 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 18 Recorders Eventdata 004 9 19 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 3 7 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 5 Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 14 1 22 1 28 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt Child Satelys 5 i 48 ahe ees we ee as 1 8 Infants and small children 1 9 Injured Person 225 4 1 10 Larger children oaaae 1 9 Precautions on seat beltusage 1 6 Pregnant women saaa a aaa 1 10 Seat belt extenders a oa 1 13 Seat belt maintenance 1 13 Seat belts e a 4 A wR eS ode Boe 1 6 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 12 Three point type with retractor 1 10 Seat belt warning light 2 11 Seats Adjustment aoaaa 1 2 Front Seals s soornia tona a ea sakea 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear Seal ss eb kee h tapaa iira eu 1 4 Security indicator light 2 13 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 15 3 2 5 9 Self adjusting brakes
4. 3 19 Warning Signals sss oid wacetdewecetueeerees eect 3 19 Troubleshooting guide 225 cccecuey derinecreence 3 21 COG enetsecieeh cites EE EA EE 3 22 Real NalCiictaseesececee aaoener ues ersutseassar ees 3 23 Opening the rear hatch 0 cee eee eee ee 3 23 Rear hatch release 00 c eee eee ees 3 24 FPuekilerdoar 2d ceurctnaceendouneniaweredesenee 3 25 Opener operation ccc cee eee eee 3 25 P elfiller CAD 2a ceeneegeseerereuseoecestoseeses 3 25 SICCIING WCE ex strtidutercaceerseasad eens eneeus 3 26 Toper s 2c 5 eencvneseeex ues tecasteccones s lt 3 26 SUM VISOS e kaerra n ene tosedera ces cea eceeeoee 3 27 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 0008 3 27 MNO a ee ee 3 27 Rearview MirTOr a5 conde stneieotdlnee ea babeian ted ee ee 3 27 Outside TMM ORS 2cyickGurcneeueedeinosaseeseaus 3 28 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments fr
5. Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 5 MEMO 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 2 02ee00 8 2 General maintenance 0 0c cece eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 00 cece eee eee 8 4 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 veescceugessevateareeges ens 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 7 Changing engine coolant 2 00e 0e 8 8 PACING Cll cercscn ceeseeunieeererenyceae ee eecres tas 8 8 Checking engine oil level 0002005 8 8 Cha
6. US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure wa
7. When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter push the tabs 1 and pull the unit upward 2 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision
8. dial nine seven two six six memo pad delete call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly met noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List N
9. 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING e Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Foldable outside mirrors Push the mirrors backward to fold them Heated mirrors Canada only Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility Press the rear window defroster switch to activate the heat ing function Press the switch again to deactivate or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes 4 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems aE ee E E E EE E ee E ent ue eee 4 2 Heater and air conditioner manual 0005 4 3 COAUOSiawen a E E asap 4 3 Heater operation scucetotseecoeyae eeanpexacseces 4 4 Air conditioner operation 5 4 5 PIPTOW Calls 4 lt acecce E E E 4 6 Servicing air conditioner 0000e eee eee 4 9 Audio syS SM ai242ouecheeGuddecuenesseetnesimsese 4 10 SE e E E E E E E ET 4 10 FM radio reception osu cccece eve see sceetenseuese 4 10 AM radio reception 02202ee eee eee 4 10 Satellite radio reception if so equipped 4 10 Audio
10. Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Starting and driving 5 25 Whatever the condition drive with cau ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so tion Accelerate and slow down with equipped care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction An engine block heater to assist in extreme cold temperature starting is available through a NISSAN dealer e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be AWARNING started sooner than on dry pavement Do not use your heater with an un Allow greater following distances on grounded electrical system or two slippery roads pronged cheater adapters You can be e Watch for slippery spots glare ice injured by an electrical shock if you use an These may appear on an otherwise ungrounded connection clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and f
11. Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or you may press the CLOCK button again to return to the regular clock display DISP display button The DISP display button will show text about FM stations CD or MP3 and SAT satellite if so equipped information in the audio display FM display mode To change the text displayed while listening to an FM station that broadcasts with Radio Data Sys tem RDS press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to change RDS information as follows Station call number Program type Station information Station call number Station call number displays the radio fre quency number of the station Program type displays the type or category of radio station Station information displays information the radio station wants to broadcast For additional information see Radio data sys tem RDS later in this section CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Track number and Track time gt Disc title gt Track number and Track title Track number displays the number selected on the disc Track time displays the amount of time the track has played Disc title displays the title of the CD being played Track title displa
12. This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly See a NISSAN dealer for replacing the head lights A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the plastic base when han dling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could sig nificantly affect bulb life and or head light performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed High low beam Wattage 55 Bulb no H4 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Headlight assembly High low Hal
13. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the button located on the steering wheel The light on the overhead con sole flashes to signal you have entered a voice recognition VR session After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can SOURCE also press the a button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system lf you want to ad
14. adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a saf
15. bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring 1 47 When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air
16. checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservorr Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radia
17. press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button to adjust Bass 4 20 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button to adjust Balance and Fade modes Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers and Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER but ton up or down To change the BEEP to ON or OFF press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button up or down This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu selection Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK button again to turn off the clock display Pressing the CLOCK button alternates the clock and the radio CD player options in the display Clock set 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until it beeps for more than 1 5 seconds to enter the clock set mode 2 The time will start flashing Press the SEEK TRACK FILE button amp or to adjust the hours 3 Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button Y or amp _ toadjust the minutes 4
18. tor light CVT mod els Security indicator 2 13 light Turn signal hazard 2 13 indicator lights Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system GAS a cua ceo ueenedes A E 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Folding rear seat 0 cc eee ees 1 4 Active head restraint front seats 0000 1 4 Head restraint adjustment 000 cease 1 5 ede i wu ctstcuscceeescadedete teas skeaerseeee es 1 6 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 6 Child Sale ety penek ee goede eengne ea arena gemeae de 1 8 Pregnant WOMEN s cicekinevace siete eaveewenwe 1 10 Injured persons ss2 lt ncxncdenemeee es sieedenseee ss 1 10 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 10 Seat belt extenders 0 00 cece eee ees 1 13 Seat belt maintenance 00 cee eee eee 1 13 Child festhaiitS 2scrareccuenisacenecsvesedetees ee 1 14 Precautions on child restraints 0025 1 14 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SVSlelitwiwscuesasecuaceseaseseawenge 1 16 Top tether strap child restraint 4 1 17 Child Restraint Installation Using LATCH 1 18 Child Restraint Installation Using The Seat ie AEAEE PIPEN ATENA Beene cenesesheses ae ee 1 22 Booster Seals esri csecntehennceresereaee ddd entawrns 1 28 Precautions on booster seatS 0005 1
19. 28 Booster seat installation 00 00 0 cece eee ee 1 31 Supplemental restraint system 0 0 0 c eee ee 1 33 Precautions on supplemental restraint sys fol pegrueeneeedades auth oe EEE T TT 1 33 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 47 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 47 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on Seat Belt Usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in posi
20. 5 18 Cruise control operations s sasae 5 18 Break in schedule asssaaanuunnrranannnnrrrane 5 19 Increasing fuel economy sssssserrrrrnnsnrrrrnae 5 20 Parking parking on hills anaana 5 21 Power steeg s4cousccntdlveen terini nt kb eon keka 5 22 Brake SySiOM assi iane ir inrano N areeaes 5 23 Brake precautions 4 lt 2 2eaceceeeevarveseenieans 5 23 Anti lock braking system ABS if so equipped oo cuud dca cedars caekded news econns 5 23 Cold weather GIVING bixcinaeacaawdawade nw asian dend 5 25 Freeing a frozen door lock 2 22 5 5 25 Anti freeze ncicabatvenreceeorenateaaacuesacee 5 25 E E A E E E E E E E ceseen 5 25 Draining of coolant water s 2s2202evee teens 5 25 Tire COUIPMEN cores vengks cee ee ias arire aei 5 25 Special winter equipment 2 02200e 5 25 Driving ON SNOW OF ICC 22ecccnieeeadvecsendewes 5 25 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 26 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shiftin
21. 7 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 Drive belt location P 8 14 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 For Manual Transmission M T model NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Warning Name light light Anti lock braking Intelligent Key lock Seat belt warning 2 11 warning light if so warning light M T light and chime equipped models if so bag warning light Intelligent Key sys tem warning light if so equipped Charge warning light Continuously Vari able Transmission Door open warning Low tire pressure CVT position indi light warning light if so cator light CVT equipped models Electric power steering warning Low windshield CRUISE main light washer fluid warning switch indicator light light if so equipped if so equipped Engine oil pressure 2 8 T warning light P position selecting Cruise SET switch warning light CVT 9 indicator light if so High temperature 2 models if so equipped warning light red equipped 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Front fog lights indi cator light if so equipped Ss Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue Low temperature ean indicator light blue ars Malfunction indica SOON tor light MIL Overdrive off indica
22. AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the shift selector lever cannot be moved to P Park Additionally the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to the ON position 3 Depress the foot brake pedal 4 Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral to restart the vehicle P is pre ferred Move the shift selector lever to P Park to park the vehicle and turn the igni tion key to the LOCK position to remove the key P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the N Neutral or any drive po sition to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stop
23. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi SERVICE nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For add
24. BAS TRE FAD BAL CLK Audio or OFF BAS To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the TUNE SEEK button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE SEEK button to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock operation Press the MENU button until CLK ON or CLK OFF is displayed use the TUNE SEEK button to turn the clock display on or off Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLK OFF mode is displayed Use the TUNE SEEK button to enable CLK ON mode 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until CLK ON mode appears 2 Press the MENU button again the time will start flashing 3 Press the TUNE SEEK button or N to adjust the hour 4 Press the MENU button again the display will switch to the minute adjustment mode 5 The minutes will start flashing Press TUNE SEEK button or N to ad just the minutes 6
25. CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped COAST SET 5 2 ACCEL RES g 1 CANCEL 3 ON OFF 4 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver w N gt f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 18 Starting and driving The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a spee
26. CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when towing manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism Move the gearshift lever to the N Neutral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT or manual trans mission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Front Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle AWARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should
27. Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only load one CD into the CD changer at a time Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm
28. If the AUDIO button is not pressed after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Channel number mode displays the channel number of the selected satellite radio sta tion Channel name mode displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Name mode displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Title mode displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station SCRL Scroll button Press the SCRL button to scroll through CD MP3 text that is too long to be displayed on the first line of the display FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM lt FM or SAT Satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggl
29. R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number cause It is not required by law known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX XX t t 2 3 DOT t 1 XXX t t t 4 5 6 XXX XXXX WDI0396 Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufac ture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of
30. SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all temperatures SAE 10W 30 or SAE 10W 40 viscosity oils may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type R manual transmis sion only Type S CVT only or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model MR18DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder inline Bore x Stroke in mm 3 307 x 3 193 84 0 x 81 1 Displacement cu in cm 109 65 1 798 Firing order 1 3 4 2 Idle speed M T CVT in N position No adjustment is
31. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the Cy position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full HOT position When the 7 position is selected A C will be automatically turned on but the indicator light will remain off This will dehumidify the air and help to defog the windows When the air flow control dial is changed to a different position the A C will be turned off Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to position gt a 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating a
32. V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 9 12 Vehicle loading information 005 9 12 TOUS e225 Geo oe cee da E E ei stercoraes 9 12 Determining vehicle load capacity 9 13 Loading MS45206etusenseteacedatacemesecueaue 9 15 Measurement of weights 22 5 9 15 TOWING a Wael ever cece ses cree eadedeusecaseneed se 9 16 Pla TOWING 2ic2dseeedos cutaeesedaccsedscceues 9 16 Uniform tire quality grading 2 2005 9 16 Emission control system warranty 5 9 17 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 18 Event data feCOlderSc s ccvecicuveusras koseas Steer 9 19 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 19 In the event of a collision 5 9 20 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 13 7 8 gal 11 1 2 gal 52 4 Engine oil 7 Drain and Refill With oil filter
33. Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows Oo RON H To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Jt an Rear power window switch LICO718 The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down C To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the drivers side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Sf QW LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the
34. air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mo
35. and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the
36. and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind COOLING Air not passed through heater core This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni Air flow Me reciredlationcantiel cal and consumer information section of this control Temperature control manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment Fan AIr A C Temp Air flow PISESTSAMIR recirculation control button control control control vco l Fan control A C button Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the PWR button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio receptio
37. are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure
38. ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 3 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty WDI0521 A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug 8 with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be carefu
39. be closed securely before driving An open rear hatch could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle OPENING THE REAR HATCH To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the following operations then push the opener switch Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Unlock all doors using the key e Push the ff button on the remote con troller if equipped twice See Remote key less entry system earlier in this section Push the rear hatch request switch or door handle request switch if equipped twice See Intelligent key system earlier in this section e Pushthe M button onthe Intelligent Key if equipped twice See Intelligent key sys tem earlier in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 To close the rear hatch push the rear hatch down until it securely locks 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments REAR HATCH RELEASE The rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a discharged battery To release the rear hatch from the inside of the vehicle perform the following operations 1 Fold the rear seats down See Folding rear seat in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section 2 Puta hand or a suitable tool in the underside of the rear hatch to access the release lever A Move the release lever to the right The rear hatch will be u
40. clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly especially during win ter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily wit
41. displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display am FOLDER MP3 WHA0543 Playback order chart Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported pee ea MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Supported geom Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate o rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 RE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 4 14 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted c
42. engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Starting and driving 5 19 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary 5 20 Starting and driving When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry g
43. front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The passenger air bag sta tus light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0682 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Cf J BY f LRS0669 LRS0670 WRS0683 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Rear facing step 5 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 Remove any additional slack from the child extended At this time the se
44. if so equipped The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal im pact rear impact rollover or lower se verity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules Diagnosis sensor unit SRS side impact air bag modules SRS curtain side impact air bag mod ules Side satellite sensor Seat belt pre tensioner retractor 8 Seat belt buckle switches on driver s and passenger s side a N ee NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all
45. instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem is ready The SA mode will stop if e The buttonis pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phone book new entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number setup pair phone memo pad play eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phone book delete entry memo pad record dial star two one seven oh Yes No select ring tone dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on setup change priority call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one Home four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phone book list names call eight oh five four one Correction setup change ring tone dial seven four oh one eight setup main menu Delete
46. is complete the system ends the VR session You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Memo pad Main Menu Memo Pad Record A Play Delete The Memo Pad records a maximum of 3 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long Record A The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the amp or gee button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session 4 36 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Ifthe memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system an nounces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos Setup Main Menu Setup Pair Phone A List Phone Select Phone Change Priority Delete Phone Select Ringtone Bluetooth Off Use the Setup command to change options as sociated with the Blu
47. is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is Off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off a
48. it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks 4 This is the normal oper
49. jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move In case of emergency 6 5 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and Jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 6 6 Incase of emergency Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Inst
50. later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal
51. light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key a request switch the keyfob or Intelligent Key or if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF posi tion Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key a request switch or by pressing the button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key a re quest switch keyfob or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm
52. lt ou se bag Bowe baa gee eo 2 6 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer SWIICHESs a be a sahi we Be ke a a 2 18 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 17 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels and tires oaaao aaa 8 28 Wheel tire size noanoa 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUY e o 24 4 a mina s ee aa a 9 9 Window washer fluid 8 12 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 29 Manual windows 2 30 Power rear windows 2 29 Power windows 25 2 28 Rear power windows 2 29 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 17 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWIIGNOSa sa s aama aa e a wet we 2 18 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 17 Wiper blades 4 0 4a oaa 8 16 MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN
53. necessary Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug FXE20HR11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ee eee Unit in mm Wheel type Size Offset in mm BodyType Catch __ Aluminum and steel 15x 5 5 J 1 57 40 Overall length 169 1 4 295 Tire size P185 65R15 Overall width 66 7 1 695 Spare tire 1125 70D15 Overall height 60 4 1 535 Front tread 58 3 1 480 Rear tread 58 5 1 485 Wheelbase 102 4 2 600 Gross vehicle weight ID k9 See the FMN S S C M feng V S S certification label Gross axle weight rating on the center pillar be Front Ib kg tween the driver s side Rear Ib kg front and rear doors 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another co
54. new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL API Certification Mark e API grade SJ SL or SM ILSAC grade GF 2 GF 3 or GF 4 5W 30 Viscosity preferred See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE o N o eS eS YS Engine coolant 8 7 Window washer fluid 8 12 Engine oil 8 8 Passenger supplemental air bag 1 33 Driver supplemental air bag 1 33 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Spare tire 6 2 Seat belts 1 6 Door locks 3 4 Seats 1 2 Meters and gauges 2 3 Fuel filler door release 3 25 Hood release 3 22 Audio system 4 10 Heater and air conditioner 4 3
55. next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 PRESET A B C button 7 Station select 1 6 buttons amp CD eject button 8 Ma CD seek track button TUNE SEEK buttons 9 44 CD rewind button CD insert slot 10 RDM button CD button 11 VOL control knob FM AM button 12 PWR button 16 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 13 MENU button 14 RPT button 15 gt gt CD fast forward button 16 gt CD seek track button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section PWR button and VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position then press the PWR button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR button again turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume MENU button BASS TREBLE FADE BAL ANCE and CLOCK Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows
56. not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION PRECAUTION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking e Do not push the door handle request switch the key out of your pocket or bag with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you illustrated The close distance to the door can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system handle request switch or rear hatch request to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli switch within the range of operation gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Locking doors 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion Remove the key if any key is in the ignition switch 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch Push any door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch while car rying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and th
57. not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof 2 32 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHT SIC2063A The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer Is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHTS if so equip
58. occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of this vehicle is deter mined by weight not by available cargo space For example a luggage rack bike carrier cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle To determine vehicle load capacity Vehicle weight can be determined by us ing a commercial grade scale found at places such as a truck stop gravel quarry grain elevator or a scrap metal recycling facility 1 Determine the curb weight of your vehicle 2 Compare the curb weight amount to the GVWR specified for your vehicle to determine how much more weight your vehicle can carry 3 After loading cargo and passen gers re weigh your vehicle to deter mine if either GVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is exceeded If GVWR is exceeded remove cargo as neces sary If either the front or rear GAWR is exceeded shift the load or remove cargo as necessary Technical and consumer information 9 13 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and car
59. of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driv ing and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this owner s manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death
60. or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Ct omy Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licenced to Xanavi Informatics Corporation amp Bluetooth 2006 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored i
61. position or in the gt 4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off 2 20 Instruments and controls AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the bd or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the O
62. power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds See Power steering in the Starting and driving section Engine oil pressure warning ha light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning E light red When the ignition switch is in the ON position the high temperature warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system i
63. restraint system Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 AWARNING The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear out Do not lean against the door board seats to extend their hand out of Do not lean against the door SSS0101 SSS0188 the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding Do not lean against the door Do not lean against the door positions are shown in the previous illustrations AWARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag
64. retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seat or the front passenger seat Veo WRS0699 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restrain
65. round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error
66. slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press the but ton If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the PWR button will start the compact disc Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs in the CD changer LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the load button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the load button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play A l v TUNE FF REW FOLDER Fast Forward and Re wind When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button is pressed amp fast forward or Y rewind while the compact disc is being played the com pact disc will play while fast forwarding or re winding When the button is released the com pact disc will return to normal play speed Heater air conditioner audio and pho
67. the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RDM Normal RDM Tracks from the disc that is currently play ing will be played randomly A CD EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal When the button is pressed while the compact disc Is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the PRESET VEC cia i CD is loaded with the system on 3 4 5 TUNE FF REW FOLDER Y 16 17 18 19 1 CD LOAD button 7 DISP button 2 CD insert slot 8 CLOCK button 3 PRESET A B C button 9 SEEK TRACK FILE button 4 CD button 10 SCRL button 5 RADIO button 11 SCAN button 6 amp CD eject button 12 AUDIO button Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 13 Station and CD select 1 6 buttons 14 VOL control knob 15 PUSH PWR button 16 AUX button 17 AUX IN jack 18 RPT RDM button 19 TUNE FF REW FOLDER button No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subsc
68. this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended pro
69. this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 33 Sit upright and well back AWARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against 1 34 Safety Seats s
70. to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing A CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Restarting the sunroof switch The sunroof switch may not operate properly after the battery terminal is disconnected the electrical supply interrupted and or some mal function is detected Use the following reset pro cedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 Ifthe sunroof is open close it fully by repeat edly pushing the side of the sunroof switch 2 Push and hold the lt gt side of the sunroof switch to tilt the sunroof up 3 Release the sunroof switch after the sunroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the 2 gt side of the sunroof switch to fully tilt the sunroof down 5 Check if the sunroof switch operates nor mally If the sunroof still does not operate properly have the sunroof system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the a
71. turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Di Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the en gine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING e Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified CVT fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compart ment BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch sys tems Th
72. use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn 7 4 Appearance and care Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materia
73. vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly In rare cases the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though the air bag is OFF If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant or child restraint Other wise reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If you have any questions about whether your passenger air bag is working as designed your NISSAN dealer can confirm that it is working properly by using a special tool The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in th
74. vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pres sure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low Starting and driving 5 3 ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressur
75. when the igni tion switch is turned to the LOCK position and the ignition PUSH release button has not been pressed completely See Intelli gent Key lock warning light in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual for further details regarding the functionality of the Intelligent Key lock warning light When the mechanical key is being used the ignition PUSH release button has to be pressed in order to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position although the D Intel ligent Key lock warning light will not blink and the buzzer will not sound To lock the steering wheel In the LOCK position turn the steering wheel 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To unlock the steering wheel Press the brake pedal push the ignition switch and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 Intelligent Key system PUSH OFF The steering lock can only be locked at this position PUSH ON The ignition switch will be unlocked while carrying the Intelligent Key OFF Manual transmission model 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This p
76. window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is Closing the window will be immediately low ered When power window switch does not operate Some power window functions may become in operable after the battery terminal is discon nected the electrical supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following reset procedure to return the power window op eration to normal 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 If the window is closed open it more than halfway by operating the window switch Instruments and controls 2 29 NOTE If the window is already open more than halfway go to the next step 3 Pull up and hold the window switch to close the window Hold the switch for approxi mately 4 s
77. with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 1 25 11 WRS0475 Front facing step 11 If the child restraint is installed in the
78. with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing The three way catalyst may be damaged Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle In case of emergency 6 9 IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park CVT Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high spee
79. AUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer 1 om LPDO209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors h Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close the hood and all doors Push the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights KR OND Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked If a door is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature later in this section for F details Unlocking doors LPD0210 Push the M button on the keyfob once Onl
80. Automatic power window switch 2 29 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Transmission selector lever lock release 6 ck eRe RR RO SREP OOS 5 14 B Balle ook amp Gg oe amp Bob rd ea ee ae we 8 13 Charge warning light 2 8 Before starting the engine 5 10 Belts See drive belts 8 14 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 27 Boosterseats 2 0000 1 28 Brake Anti lock braking system ABS 5 23 Brake fluid 6 i2 4 as a ee om we 8 11 Brake light See stop light 8 25 Brake system 0004 5 23 Brake warning light 2 7 Brake wear indicators 2 13 8 18 Parking brake operation 5 17 Self adjusting brakes 8 18 Brake pedal aca w cay ca ah wm ah em he wow ah 8 18 Break in schedule 5 19 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 20 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 25 C Capacities and recommended tuellubricants 6 40 soo aian a aa e 9 2 Car phone orCBradio 4 27 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care and cleaning 4 25 CD changer See audio system 4 23 CD player See audio system 4 18 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 17 Child restraints 1 8 1 9 1 14 1 16 Precautions on child restraints 04 1 14 1 22 1 28 Top te
81. FF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Instruments and controls 2 21 Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving 2 22 Instruments and controls HORN POWER OUTLET To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury The power outlet is for powering electrical acces sories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 Volt 120 W 10A maximum A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immed
82. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence
83. If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly underinflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent
84. LLIGENT KEYS if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be regis tered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System of your vehicle Since the reg istration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key which can be used in case of a discharged bat tery To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the ba
85. N When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose 5 12 Starting and driving The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before attempting to move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed To move the selector lever gt Push the button while depressing the brake pedal S Push the button to shift C gt Shift without pushing button Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position
86. NED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD MEVERENCEED XE bog OR XN ies LE PODS COMBINE DNOCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON ME DEVRAIT JAMAIS ENCEDER aa ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself DILD TIRE PRESSURE TAILLE OU PREU DAORIGIHE TAILLE C0 PNEU DOORN TXXKI XXRARYXX XXX kPa XX psi FOR ADOT ORAL INFO jl POU D AUTRES REAR PXKK XXAXK XXX kPa XX psi tame se BEDORTER SPARE TIAE AU MAMUEL DU CONDUCTEUR Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size if so equipped 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped
87. OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Instruments and controls 2 13 Intelligent Key door buzzer if equipped The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve hicle when operating the vehic
88. OLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the light OFF For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 10 Instruments and controls If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat ti
89. Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display Resetting the time Hold the MENU button down and then press the TUNE SEEK button the time will reset as fol lows lf the displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 00 29 the hour displayed before the reset will stay the same and the minutes will be reset to 00 lf the displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 30 59 the hour displayed before the reset will advance by one hour and the minutes will be reset to 00 For example if the MENU button and the TUNE SEEK button are pressed while the time displayed is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If the buttons were pressed while the time was between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the audio FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change from AM gt FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception SN VW TUNE SEEK buttons Manual tuning Pressthe or AN button for less than 0 5 seconds for manual tuning SEEK tuning Press the button for more than 1 5 seconds to se
90. REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Zi Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push and hold the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down C the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE PEDAL Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the ve
91. The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key pressing the 4 button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key or by unlocking all doors with any request switch Intelligent Key models NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds Instruments and controls 2 15 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this dev
92. a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted Select ringtone Use the Select Ringtone command to select the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the following commands e Ringtone The system plays a ringtone and asks if you would like to select that tone If you say no the system plays the next ringtone available and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ringtone Bluetooth off Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem is off you will not be able to make or receive calls using NISSAN Voice Recognition Also you will not have access to the Phone Book You can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a di
93. a with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle In case of emergency 6 7 Whenever working on or near a battery Vehicle being jump started always wear Suitable eye protectors for X 4 i 7 example goggles or industrial safety a spectacles and remove rings metal K Sf bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any Vehicle with time Keep hands and other objects battery for away from it booster WCE0054 If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis AWARNING 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever charged the ignition switch cannot be to N Neutral manual transmission or to P moved from the LOCK position even Always follow the instructions below Park Continuously Variable Transmission using the mechanical key or the valet Failure to do so could result in damage to Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys key Connect the jumper cables to an the charging system and cause personal other vehicle as in the case of a dis UME charged battery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK po sition Then jump start the vehicle te
94. age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH S1IC2745 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting A When turning the switch to the gt G posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on SIC3019 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Headlight beam select A To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 0 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Instruments and controls 2 19 Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the gt 4 or 2 posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
95. aint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kgs can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a c
96. al and also instruct your passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock Thi
97. al while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Starting and driving 5 15 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage may occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed 5 16 Starting and driving To back up lift up on the shift lever ring and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift lever ring returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested maximum speed in each gear D
98. alling the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been park
99. ame one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 Technical and consumer information 9 19 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely a
100. ames command See Phone book earlier in this section phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the 4 40 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way catalyst lt 2cicnceeeteeseeereusewsnnas 5 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS if so equipped 6 eee cece cece eee nees 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 4 5 4 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 9 5 ONIONS WIG Hin 45 ce naw eee e e E a E aemeen ee 5 5 Intelligent Key System if so equipped 5 6 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 7 Manual transmission 000 0 cece eee ees 5 8 Koy POSON cirerer ences eee ee useaaea ee 5 9 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 5 5 9 Before starting the engine 20 5 5 10 Starting the GAGING ci lt iv0 es ne oeen Faekwow sarees 5 10 Driving the VENICE acc ce ne tote cease Ss4seeue ctees 5 12 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if so equipped nccaceneunececeataae ene oa cen 5 12 Manual transmission caieoconetanturdeavecseene 5 15 Parking Brako 2402 cnerhe s Stn seusign po eyed dae a 5 17 Cruise control if so equipped 00cee eens 5 18 Precautions on cruise control n asaan
101. an increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to prevent acci dental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of t
102. and supplemental restraint system TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of atop tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point AWARNING Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the ton neau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the ve hicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged 1 17 Top Tether Anchor Point Locations Anchor points are located on the back of the rear seats Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or the LATCH system rear seat outboard posi tions only as applicable 1 Remove the head restraint Store it in a secure location 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details 1 18 Safety Seats seat belt
103. and the TPMS will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interface and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op eration of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manu
104. anic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the O button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Using the interior light Pushthe button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section earlier in this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 LPD0262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate AWARNING Radio waves could adversely aff
105. applying any brakes Clutch pedal Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free travel Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be
106. are A CAUTION e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat
107. as a built in diag nostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the com puter senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock braking system off and turns on the ABS brake warning light on the instrument panel The braking system then operates normally but with out anti lock assistance 5 24 Starting and driving If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair A WARNING The anti lock braking system is a so phisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but re member that the stopping distance on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock braking system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness Al ways maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and oth ers rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking
108. assenger s supplemental air bag P 1 33 12 Side ventilator P 4 2 4 13 Glove box P 2 26 AON 14 Passenger air bag status light P 1 33 15 Cup holders P 2 25 ii 16 Shift selector lever P 5 12 17 Defroster switch P 2 18 18 Climate control P 4 3 19 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 21 ef ee 20 Ignition switch P 5 5 21 Tilt steering P 3 26 22 Hood release lever P 3 22 23 Fuel filler door release lever P 3 25 20 1918 171615 24 Instrument brightness control P 2 20 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 1 Outside mirror control switch P 3 28 4 Driver s supplemental air bag horn 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn P 1 33 2 22 signal switch P 2 19 5 Meters and gauges P 2 3 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control 6 Cruise control main set switches and Bluetooth hands free phone sys if so equipped P 5 18 tem if so equipped P 4 25 4 27 2 2 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES SE RPMx1000 Weal Tachometer 6 Trip odometer change button Speedometer Fuel gauge Odometer total twin trip Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator CVT models lei SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed Instruments and controls 2 3 Resetting the trip odome
109. at belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt restraint press downward and rearward is in the automatic locking mode child re firmly in the center of the child restraint to straint mode It reverts to emergency lock compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat ing mode when the seat belt is fully re back while pulling up on the seat belt tracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 BOOSTER SEATS 7 Check that the retractor is in the automatic PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER locking mode by trying to pull more seatbelt SEATS out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 8 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0684 Rear facing step 6 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the res
110. ating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play dd gt gt Rewind and Fast For ward buttons When the 44 or PP button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed Id gt p SEEK TRACK buttons When PPI is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press gt I several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played 4 18 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When M4 is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press 4 several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 TRACK RPT Normal 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while
111. bags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these supple mental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehi
112. be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 2 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 3 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive CVT models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D CVT models or 1st and R manual transmission mod els Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 Rear Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle 6 14 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior a snccresras erage danse wap saws a 7 2 PICO Widle sae otmece et dee eeter ect a ess 7 4 WASNT eerren ae E E A E EER T Ce Seat Wells aur euneeredueensceu ns eeewwareeeec das 7 4 E ASAE E A T E E E E TE 1 2 Conosion bl Ole Cl Oiee asperi eeen EEA 7 5 Removing SOOSoccucatecsen ceuwen sueeeesanie
113. be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system a G ST Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bags system The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the infor mation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is no
114. ce your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated 1 15 LRSO717 LATCH system anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child re straint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor point locations WRSO700 LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors AWARNING Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not secure a child re
115. cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION AWARNING NISSAN recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 Center position LRSO451 LRS0452 Outboard position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secu
116. change 4 1 8 qt 3 3 8 qt 3 9 Without oil filter change 3 7 8 qt 3 1 4 qt 3 7 Cooling system With reservoir 1 3 4 gal 1 1 2 gal 6 8 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Manual transmission gear oil Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in Brake and clutch fluid the Maintenance and do it yourself section 8 Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil CVT Windshield washer fluid 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 For further details see Recommended SAE viscosity number Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 API Certification Mark 2 3 API grade SH SJ SL or SM Energy Conserving 2 3 ILSAC grade GF 2 GF 3 or GF 4 2 3 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS 2 4 ELF XT4447 M 75W 80 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 80 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a 6 NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent 6 NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent 6 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze fluid or equivalent 4 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 w
117. ck of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ordinary key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS A CAUTION A WARNING Always carry the mechanical key installed e Always have the doors locked while in the Intelligent Key slot driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside LPD0349 the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri LOCKING WITH KEY ous accidents Driver s side Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the rear 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key t
118. cle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel tc eedectsecuceSastcedeueeteena rnae 2 2 Meters and gauges ws 4ncinserivceweider een dened ess 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 00ceeeaees 2 3 TAGHOMEtE 2 cox tetwoe sce sareesseeuees coseexeoce 2 4 PUG GAUGE sav acceeeneceeeseceee taeweausneeess 2 5 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 6 CHECKING DUDS sess rirsssrisdsreisri nri keer anes 2 7 Warning IONS 25 cu ote cae td r SEERE AEE A 2 7 mdicator NCIS 2 ancuscareautenssereredadcewsens 2 11 Audible reminders 000 cece eee eee 2 13 Security systems if so equipped 0005 2 14 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 14 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 2 15 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 17 SWIC ODEIAION se nccavansased boners ee aaeeeees 2 17 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 18 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWIC 40 00 dwne stirr nE AREE dew iw 2 18 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight Control switch i 0cca0d wudwiwcewsane 2 19 Da
119. commodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel
120. contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 7 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 17 2 18 8 Audio system P 4 10 9 Storage bin P 2 23 10 Center ventilator P 4 2 11 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 33 12 Side ventilator P 4 2 4 13 Glove box P 2 26 14 Passenger air bag status light P 1 33 qs 15 Cup holders P 2 25 ii 16 Shift selector lever P 5 12 17 Defroster switch P 2 18 18 Climate control P 4 3 19 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 21 20 Ignition switch P 5 5 21 Tilt steering P 3 26 22 Hood release lever P 3 22 23 Fuel filler door release lever P 3 25 20 1918 171615 24 Instrument brightness control P 2 20 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 1 Outside mirror control switch P 3 28 4 Driver s supplemental air bag horn 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn P 1 33 2 22 signal switch P 2 19 5 Meters and gauges P 2 3 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control 6 Cruise control main set switches and Bluetooth hands free phone sys if so equipped P 5 18 tem if so equipped P 4 25 4 27 0 6 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1 me a ee a ee Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Air cleaner P 8 16 Battery P 8 13 Fuse fusible link box P 8 19 Radiator cap P 8
121. control system If the light blinks while the engine Is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The front fog lights indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON See Fog light switch later in this section Front fog lights indicator light if so equipped se Front passenger air bag rt status light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 12 Instruments and controls High beam indicator light Eo Blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Low temperature indicator light blue The low temperature indicator light illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is low When the ignition switch is in the ON position the low temperature indicator light illuminates and then turns off after the engine coolant has warmed up If the low temperature indicator light stays illumi nated after the engine has sufficiently warmed up it may
122. cupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such 1 42 as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and Is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced
123. d 6 10 Incase of emergency 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicab
124. d be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Pushthe CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector leve
125. d to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being acci dently locked inside the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the out side REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without Intelligent Key system if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A C
126. da Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY Replace the battery in the intelligent key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the intelli gent key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 SDI1787A 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated Q 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1
127. de child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all
128. dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is e
129. dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct Manual Transmission Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades
130. ds When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Shoulder belt height adjustment Front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button Q and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because
131. due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 CD Compact Disc with MP3 Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an 4 12 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second ID3 tag The ID3 tag is the part of the encoded MP3 file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is
132. e between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception 4 22 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems A l v TUNE FF REW FOLDER Tuning To manually tune the radio press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or Y To move quickly through the channels hold either the or Y button down for more than 1 5 seconds A v SEEK TRACK FILE tun ing Press the SEEK TRACK FILE button 4 or for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station To seek quickly through the channels press and hold the SEEK TRACK FILE button for more than 1 5 seconds When the button is released the radio will seek to the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button for more than 1 5 sec onds to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM
133. e cap and continue to drive the vehicle The se light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe SMF light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Overdrive off indicator light CVT models The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see Continuous Vari able Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK
134. e currently connected with Phone B New entry Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location and asks for a number For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the nam
135. e location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is auto matically connected with the in vehicle phone 4 28 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems module when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the paired cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissan
136. e monitoring system TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire 5 4 Starting and driving When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors
137. e of the location The system ac knowledges and asks you for the phone number you would like to store with this location See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phone book all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book say a name or All entries when prompted by the sys tem The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back num ber when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirma tion If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list
138. e passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light A located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Safety Seats seat belts and supple
139. e pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child
140. e rear hatch will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments the outside buzzer sounds twice NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch while a mechanical key is in the ignition switch or the ignition switch is pushed in Doors lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK posi tion Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch re quest switch while any door is open How ever doors lock with the mechanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear hatch opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout p
141. e restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 LRS0674 Front facing step 4 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags in flate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light earlier in this sec tion for details The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the
142. e seat belts later in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle e If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment or by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the re straint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown ar
143. e sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0665 Rear facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors LRSO666 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0673 Front facing step 3 4 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH at tachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure th
144. e the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time e Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 2 0200e eee eee 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendationS 2 os2cce0seccereiveoeaneens ens 9 6 SPCCHICANONS cae isiin kaea aa aaae a 9 7 a a e EE E E E eee 9 7 Wheels and tires wee uceieeweedeaacantekwedwdeusx 9 8 Dimensions and weights sssusa aana 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY s 4224565 cs retedeceGadesseateiaead 9 9 Vehicle identification 6 isc cide nnana aeann nanna 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis number cceccrecr een duawendesteseceuese 9 9 Engine serial number c cacesvervecseweaeevereas 9 10 F M V S S C M
145. e use of improper fluids can dam age the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR To check the fluid level use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap tube assembly then re move it from the reservoir If there is no fluid in the tube add fluid Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleani
146. e vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the CVT is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally o
147. ear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS if so equipped The anti lock braking system controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotati
148. eat belts and supplemental restraint system the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental
149. eating posi tion or a different child restraint LRSO664 Front facing rigid mounted step 2 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using LATCH 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions LRSO671 LRSO672 Front facing step 4 5 If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Front facing step 6 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH at tachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to mak
150. econds after the window has fully closed then release it 4 Check the window to be sure the power window functions operate properly If the power window functions do not operate properly after performing the above procedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance 2 30 Instruments and controls MANUAL WINDOWS The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door SUNROOF if so equipped AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof iS Operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To fully open the sunroof push the switch toward gt To fully close the sunroof push the switch toward Ss To open or close the sunroof part way push the switch in any direction while the sunroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position Tilting the sunroof Close the sunroof by pushing the switch toward 2 Release the switch then push the switch toward LY 2 again to tilt the sun roof up To tilt the sunroof down push the switch toward 1 AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone
151. ect elec tric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may af fect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When
152. ect oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change The chart Rec ommended SAE viscosity number shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selec
153. ed Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS amp 1 2 3 4 SDI1979 Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Water pump Generator AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly sa el ae 1 Visually inspect the belt s for signs of un usual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS lridium tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide
154. ed for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle 6 Install the jack in its storage area and tighten the jack strap 7 Place the spare tire cover and the hatch floor carpeting over the damaged tire 8 Close the hatch AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted are
155. effectiveness When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as speci fied on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label For tire placard location in formation refer to Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain
156. egistering your vehicle in another CO NUY a s gt s erasan sree aol wee wd 9 9 Trip odometer aaoo 2 4 Turn signal swit h 2 a lt o s aou oe i a 2 21 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 16 V Vany MuMOPs s aa a 4 2 dak Ba RR Re o 3 27 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle identification 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 000 eee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 080 6 13 6 14 Vehicle security system 2 14 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 15 3 2 5 9 Ventilators e s c 6 0 Wak oom eas hee 4 2 WwW Warning Air bag warning light 1 47 2 11 Anti lock brake warning light 2 7 Battery charge warning light aa aa 2 8 Brake warning light aoaaa aaa aaa 2 7 Door open warning light 2 8 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 10 6 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 21 Low fuel warning light 2 9 Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Low washer fluid warning light 2 10 Passenger air bag and status light 1 41 Seat belt warning light 2 9 Vehicle security system 2 14 Warning labels for SRS 1 47 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 4h eee ea Le hohe sd 2 6 Warming lighis lt
157. ehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the CVT into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of th
158. ehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once th
159. ek through the frequencies Seek tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broad casting station Once the highest broadcasting or Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 station is reached the radio continues in the seek mode at the lowest broadcasting station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio displays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is auto matically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already oper
160. el rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not us
161. em checked and repaired by a NISSAN electrical system or cause a fire dealer If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 1 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 BATTERY REPLACEMENT LDI0456 Type B KEYFOB 3 Install a new battery with the facing down Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows A Open the lid using a coin 2 Remove the battery Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 4 Close the lid securely 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Press the button then the iH button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana
162. en the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower g
163. ench in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE Note You must press the amp F button or the button within 5 seconds to change the language Current language SOURCE Press gm Press i l PHONE SEND PHONE END to select to select Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Pairing procedure NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Setup Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset Name phone Assign priority Choose ringtone 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Setup The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Pair phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say New phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone manufacturer See the cellular phone Own ers Manual for details You can also visit www n
164. ent Key system warning light in The Intelligent Key is not in the If the Intelligent Key system warning light illuminates red even switch the instrument panel illuminates red vehicle while you are carrying the Intelligent Key the battery is com pletely discharged Replace the battery to new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 HOOD If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood s Pullthe hood lock release handle located tact with the metal parts as they may be below the instrument panel until the hood hot immediately after the engine has been springs up slightly stopped 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hoodand When closing the hood first return the support grille and push the lever sideways with your rod to its original position Slowly move the hood fingertips down to latch the lock Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place 3 Raise the hood 8 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into A WARNING the slot e Make sure the hood is completely Hold the coated parts A when removing or closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly resetting the support rod Avoid direct con open and result in an accident 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments REAR HATCH AWARNING The rear hatch must
165. equires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found
166. er No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and aloud noise may be heard This smoke is not ha
167. ersistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible 9 4 Technical and consumer information Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the corr
168. eseesescaeceneess eotane 8 31 Types OF thes 4 o cewer ous pane wi te enoneaenseuee 8 34 Tire CNAs nce cercde voce ee heed eu necey Snare as 8 35 Changing wheels and tires 2 00 00 8 35 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance Is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks r
169. ession Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the button on the steering wheel However if you press the amp button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Call Main Menu Call Name speak name A Number speak digits Redial Call Back Name speak name A If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number
170. estraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the im pact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in
171. etooth Hands Free Phone System Pair phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Also see Pairing procedure earlier in this section for additional information Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system an nounces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be cancelled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands New phone Refer to Pairing a phone earlier in this section Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the pairing procedure will begin Refer to Pairing procedure earlier in this section List phone See the description below List phone Use the List Phone command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select phone U
172. fferent speaker adaptation model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 4 38 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park AT and CVT models or N Neutral MT models Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END S225 button to select a dif ferent language Press the l button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language earlier in this section Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin the press the button The SA mode will be explained Follow the
173. g 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Depress the shift lock release button 4 4 Push and hold the shift selector lever button and move the shift selector lever 3 to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release button 5 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the selector lever in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The orf indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the selector lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be auto matically turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be
174. g Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear hatch closed while driv ing otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compart ment If you must drive with the rear hatch open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhau
175. ght MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 5 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS PS pE Q De A lt Anti lock braking warning light or if so equipped or Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Electric power steering warning light Engine oil pressure warning light High temperature warning light Red Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped Intelligent Key system warning light if so equipped 2 6 Instruments and controls Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped P position selecting warning light CVT models if so equipped Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light CVT models CRUISE main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise SET switch indicator light if so equipped X y Ne CD SERVICE GINE OON o3 ale Front fog lights indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag statu
176. glasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LIC0972 Front CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident LICO973 Rear Type A Instruments and controls 2 25 Sy LIC0974 LIC0975 SIC2861 Rear Type B GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX if so equipped Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup l holders Open the glove box by pulling the handle Fold down 4 the console box A WARNING To open the console box pull up on the lever and raise the lid ee T close push the lid down until the lock latches help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop NOTE Do not fold the console box up when it is used for storage 2 26 Instruments and controls fa LICO976 COVERED STORAGE BIN Raise the lid to access the storage bin TONNEAU COVER AWARNING e Never put anything on the tonneau cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the ton neau cover or items in the luggage area Remove the tonneau cover f
177. go should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard taal Remainingavailable 2 Determine the combined weight of 1 400 Ib X R OL cargo and luggage the driver and passengers that will be 640 kg load capacity riding in your vehicle 150 l0 x 2 300 1b 3M9 Am GOD 1 040 Ib 70k 135 k 14k 27 k 3 Subtract the combined weight of the ACEO ae a Xeeha 472 kg driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 Ib X X ae rier or C cargo and luggage XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and 640 kg load capacity there will be five 150 Ib passengers 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Occupants Luggage Occupants Luggage WTI0169 Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information p 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this sect
178. go area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of
179. h an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Appearance and care 7 3 Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not
180. he supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system front seats AWARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN deal
181. he curb Starting and driving 5 21 e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 5 22 Starting and driving POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat You may hear a sound wh
182. hicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES ald LARE i HI HEME GI FTE i 1 nl 3 os i Bel pul Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Neve
183. hicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com 10 Index A Active head restraint 1 4 Air bag See supplemental restraint system 2 1 33 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbagsystem 0 1 40 Air bag warning labels 1 47 Air bag warning light 1 47 2 11 Air cleaner housing filter 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 5 Air conditioner service 4 9 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 3 Servicing air conditioner 4 9 Air TOW charts 4 66 eee amp Ge eh eG ae f 4 6 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 14 Anchor point locations 1 18 Antenna 206 2 3 amp amp amp oS S wee OES 4 26 Anti lock brake warning light 27 Anti lock braking system ABS 5 23 Audible reminders 4 2 13 Audio system 4020 88 id ba ee etd 4 10 Compact Disc CD changer 4 23 Compact disc CD player 4 18 FM AM radio with compact disc CD Diver s 4 ae ah eee ee we eS 4 16 4 20 Rado 4 5 4 2 e a oo oo oo ek ae La 4 10 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 25 Automatic
184. highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular ba sis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged wind shield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth op eration If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without
185. hild be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN
186. iately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE MAP POCKETS LICO979 Coin holders STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop Instruments and controls 2 23 LICO981 neat SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so equipped To open the sunglasses holder push and release the rear center portion of the holder LICO980 Front AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses 2 24 Instruments and controls Do not leave sun
187. ication If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation lever should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting 4 6 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems DEFROSTING 4 Air passed through BI LEVEL ae Air passed through heater core HEATING awn heater core Air flow control Air recirculation control Air flow Temperature control control Air recirculation control Temperature control A oo Fan control A C button Fan control A C button Air i Fan p Temp Air flow Fan recirculation Air flow recirculation p control control control control control control control HOT HOT Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 HEATING Air passed through HEATING amp heater core Air flow Air recirculation control control Air floer Temperature control canina Air receculstion control Temperature conina Ho i B Tir r 1k i ET TELU se moo A C button Fan A C Temp Air flow recirculation control button control control control HOT o 4 8 Heater air conditioner audio
188. ice must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 16 Instruments and controls LIC0474 Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous lo
189. icle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 9 18 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con
190. ide the vehicle check for the following The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve hicle The selector lever is in the P position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light CVT models in the instrument panel blinks in red Make sure the selector lever is in the P position When the chime sounds intermittently Make sure the selector lever is in the P position and the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driv er s door is opened check the following The selector lever is in the P position and the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments The warning chime may stop when one of the following is performed Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position Removing the mechanical key Closing the doors When the Intelligent Key lock warning light 4A M T models in the instrument panel blinks Make sure the selector lever is in the P position Make sure the ignition switch Is in the LOCK position Alarm and warning when the engine Starts When the Intelligent Key system warning light 6 blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the In
191. ift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked To lock the steering wheel 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch 3 Turn the steering wheel 1 8 of a turn clock wise from the straight up position 5 8 Starting and driving To unlock the steering wheel 1 Insert the key into the ignition switch if nec essary 2 Gently turn the ignition switch while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left WSD0052 Type A MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position Type A models without Intelligent Key To turn the ignition key to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK LSDO173 Type B Type B models with Intelligent Key The ignition lock is designed so that the switch can only be turned to the LOCK position when the PUSH release button has been pressed NOTE The iO Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds
192. ight does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems if so equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Po Transmission CVT position indicator light CVT models When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this indicator light shows the CVT selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Continuously Variable Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 11 Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise
193. igits CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel amp amp PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call See List of voice commands and During a call later in this section for more information SOURCE me PHONE END Press the button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands later in this section E Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the AF button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END S22 button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or Fr
194. ill damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5 Never mix different types of fluids 6 For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 7 For further details see Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 8 See your NISSAN dealer for service 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers
195. indicate the low temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction indicator light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank SERV After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install th
196. ine a a 5 10 2 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ase a ae we ee Ble 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engine oil 8 9 Changing engine oil filter a 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system 8 7 ENGING0ll o s s a ar 5 cd wham ow Od 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 Engine oil viscosity aoao 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine aaau 5 10 Event datarecorders 9 19 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass case bie ho ee a 2 24 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 21 FIA MEG a sec oe we Gee a ERE oe cp 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 4 Fluid Brake Muide si ea a ee ee ee ere 8 11 Capacities and recommended fuellubricants s ssa sa RO we 9 2 Clutch fluid oc ea be ee oe ee Owe 8 12 Engine coolant oe e swa e be mae ee ee amp 8 7 Engine ola s ease nae aene ok 8 8 Window washer fluid a aaa aaa 8 12 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Fog light switch aao 2 21 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 40 Front Seals os 5 awaa a a EH 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aaoo aaa 9 2 F
197. ing engine oil a aaau aaa 8 9 Changing engine oilfilter 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 8 ENGINE OM sa pw a em a eS wee wd yl 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Outside mirror control 3 28 Outside mirrors ee ee a we a a Sw 3 28 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 19 Owner s manual service manual order HOMARON e 4 Ae a ox Hoa be eS aes 9 19 10 4 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 17 Parking parking onhills 5 21 Power Power door locks 3 6 Power outlet ss os o sa eaaa ee oo 2 22 Power rear wWiNdOWS 2 29 Power steering system aaan 5 22 Power windows saaa aa aaa 2 28 Rear power wWiINdOWS saasaa aaa 2 29 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 4 Precautions on child restraints 1 14 1 22 1 28 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 6 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIEM ie edo a a ee a d a 1 33 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Staring sor s sos mip eia i e GS 6 9 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 27 Compact Disc CD changer 4 23 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player so ade Aha hee ow HG 4 16 4 20 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 25 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M teste fd oe oe SS ONS eS eee eo eee we 9 18 Rear power windows
198. inside the vehicle Use the gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the A C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 4 4 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion gt a 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3
199. ion Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle
200. ior light 62 0 0 648 eee a eae eae eS LIGNPDUIDS soo dae oaia 6 din eae ee Low tire pressure warning light Low washer fluid warning light Passenger air bag and status light Security indicator light Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 4 44 we PSs ee eee yd Lights Map lights i 2 6 026 dontik RE Re A Lock Child safety rear door lock Door locks Fuel filler door lock opener lever Power door locks Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low washer fluid warning light Luggage See vehicle loading information Maintenance General maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance precautions Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance Under the hood and vehicle Malfunction indicator light Manual front seat adjustment Manual windows Map lighis ce be apna Hh we a eH he a Map pocket 2008 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness control 2 20 Mirror Inside mirror 2 a ee ee 3 27 Outside mirror control 3 28 Outside mirrors 2 ee ee 3 28 Vanity MUNG s ss s a4 bw ee a eee a 3 27 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SVSICM s a sora oe A Bae oe Ee a 2 15 3 2 5 9 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer aaa 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aoaaa aaa 9 2 Chang
201. ired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move air intake lever to the lt G gt position Be sure to return to the x gt position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 Push the A C button The indicator light comes on Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion Turn the air flow control dial to the Cy position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Push on the A C _ button The indicator light comes on Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and sunroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubr
202. is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The 4 10 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static
203. is left in the vehicle Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and close the mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock iene The ignition knob is not in LOCK Turn the Turn the ignition knob to LOCK ssid knob to LOCK When opening the driver s seat A warning chime sounds continuously position or the mechanical key is in Remove the mechanical key or valet key form the ignition serted into the ignition knob knob When stopping the engine The P position warning light in the instru The selector lever is not in the P Make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position ment ae blinks in red Park eee ERs and turn the agen eeisee knob to LOCK When When turning the ignition knob the ignition knob The warning chime sounds sd warning chime sounds The The ignition knob is not turned to LOCK knob is not turned to LOCK Turn the Turn the ignition knob to LOCK s knob to LOCK When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument The battery charge is low Replace the battery to new one See Battery replacement in ETE blinks in green the Maintenance and do it yourself section When turning the ignition A warning chime sounds A warning chime sounds continuously _ The ignition switch is not turned to the Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position switch A warning chime sounds continuously and LOCK position the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks When pushing the ignition The Intellig
204. issan usa com bluetooth for instruc tions on pairing NISSAN recommended cel lular phones When prompted for a PIN code enter 1234 from the handset The PIN code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again 4 32 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 6 The system asks you to assign a priority level F The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing priorities 7 The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ring tone Follow the instruc tions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more infor mation on selecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Number speak digits Dial 1 Press the button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say the number you wish to call 8 F
205. ithin the operational range When the doors or the rear hatch are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Locking doors 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch Push the Key button on the Intelligent The hazard warning lights flash twice the outside buzzer sounds twice and the horn beeps once All doors and the rear hatch will be locked NOTE Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles WPD0360 Unlocking doors 1 Pushthe M button on the Intelligent Key 2 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 3 Pushthe button again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch All doors and the rear hatch will be locked auto matically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the button Opening any doors or the rear hatch Pushing the ignition switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Inserting the mechanical key into the igniti
206. itional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Pull the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in place A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident SUN VISORS To block out glare from the front swing down the sun visor Q To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side LPD0356 VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and slide the mirror cover open Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 OUTSIDE MIRRORS The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch Is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch C to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch
207. jury or death in an accident e Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation later in
208. just the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two 4 30 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two oh oh You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone num ber Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single d
209. king systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed the key master or mechanical Intelli gent Key models any request switch Intelligent Key mod els the keyfob or Intelligent Key Keyfob and Intelligent Key operation Push the button All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual Confirm that the S indicator light comes on Thec gt light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The c
210. l not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0521 A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Turn the engine off 3 Place alarge drain pan under the oil filter Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by
211. le Any doors are not closed securely when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See Intelli gent Key system in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle 2 14 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS if so equipped Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and trac
212. le laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated In case of emergency 6 11 6 12 In case of emergency SCE0199A A CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission
213. llision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed in this section Sh a LRS0286 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 SEAT BELTS A fy Va f f a E Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this v
214. ls may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation
215. mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON position 2 8 Instruments and controls Electric power steering warning light AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON position the power steering warning light illuminates After starting the engine the power steering warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the
216. me conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be c
217. mental restraint system 1 43 Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not
218. mes to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and f buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered 4 Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models or P position selecting warning light CVT models 2 Intelligent Key system warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates when improper opera tions are detected A CAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Audible reminder and warning when locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outs
219. monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect ti
220. ms lights heater air conditioner etc 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle equipped Cover the battery with an old position the two vehicles to bring their bat cloth to reduce explosion hazard teries near each other 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il Do not allow the two vehicles to touch lustrated 8 6 8 Incase of emergency A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes For Intelligent Key system equipped models use the mechanical key to start the engine 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated
221. n a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe You can write to NISSAN with the information at dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to following information provide NISSAN directly with comments or ron sustome Your name address and telephone number Nissan North America Inc questions please contact the NISSAN Con C Affairs D t t sumer Affairs Department using our toll free Vehicle identification number attached to the onSumer alle Se Pere number top of the instrument panel on the driver s P O Box 191 i side Gardena California 90248 0191 For U S customers For 1 800 NISSAN 1 Date of purchase a ela a issan Canada Inc 1 800 647 7261 Current odometer reading 5990 Orbitor Drive For Canadian customers Your NISSAN dealer s name Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 1 800 387 0122 l Your comments or questions OR We appreciate your interes
222. n is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal
223. nce re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 8 inches 20 cm between the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmit ter USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the amber light on the overhead console illumi nates and the system is ready to accept voice commands If the button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will an nounce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly
224. nd wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself a ee eS ee Engine oil filler cap Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Air cleaner Battery Fuse Fusible link box Radiator cap Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil dipstick Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir For Manual Transmission M T model NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solu
225. nd defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion r HH 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the 7 position is selected A C will be automatically turned on but the indicator light will remain off This will dehumidify the air and help to defog the windows When the air flow control dial is changed to a different position the A C will be turned off Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner Is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion gt a 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de s
226. nd snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat belt and the rear three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 11 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate metho
227. nd washer switch P 2 17 Windshield P 8 16 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 30 Power windows P 2 28 Door locks keyfob Intelligent Key system keys P 3 4 3 7 3 10 3 2 Mirrors P 3 27 Tire pressure P 8 28 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 35 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 19 Replacing bulbs P 8 24 Fog light switch P 2 19 Tie down hook P 6 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents pe ee 8 10 Rear hatch P 3 23 Rear window Rear window defroster switch P 2 18 Antenna P 4 26 Child safety locks P 3 6 Fuel filler door P 3 25 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 25 P 9 3 Replacing bulbs P 8 24 Interior hatch release P 3 24 Rear window wiper and washer P 2 18 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT fa 8 9 10 11 Tonneau cover P 2 27 Rear seat P 1 4 Interior lights illuminated entry P 2 32 P 2 19 Front seat P 1 2 Sun visors P 3 27 Sunroof switch if so equipped P 2 30 Map lights P 2 33 Sunglass holder P 2 25 Glove box P 2 26 Parking brake parking on hills P 5 17 P 5 21 Rear armrest P 2 25 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of
228. ne systems 4 23 A WO SEEK TRACK FILE When the button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the 4 button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played A l v TUNE FF REW FOLDER While playing an MP3 press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or Y to scan forward or backward through available folders To fast forward or rewind through an audio track press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button amp or Y for more than 1 5 seconds SCAN button While listening to a CD press the SCAN button to preview the first 10 seconds of each track on the current CD playing Pressing the SCAN but ton during this 10 second period stops the scan and the CD remains on that track Press the SCAN button for more than 1 5 sec onds to preview 10 seconds of the first track on each disc only if more than 1 disc is loaded into the CD changer Pressing the button again dur ing this 10 second period will stop the scan and the CD that was being p
229. ner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 SEEK tuning switch 2 Phone operation switch 3 POWER on and SOURCE select switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 POWER on switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on SOURCE select switch Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C PRESET A With a CD inserted and an auxiliary device plugged in push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence CD AUX PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C use the SEEK switch Y or to select one of the preset radio stations 1 6 Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume A SEEK tuning Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C push the SEEK tuning switch or 4 _ for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuni
230. ng In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any When working on or near a battery al corrosion should be washed off with a solu ways wear suitable eye protection and tion of baking soda and water remove all jewelry Make certain the terminal connections are Battery posts terminals and related ac 4 clean and securely tightened cessories contain lead and lead com Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or eee Wu elites Ea eek longer disc
231. ng radio Push the SEEK tuning switch or 4 for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previ ous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the SEEK tuning switch Y or 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks Change disc CD if so equipped Push the SEEK tuning switch Y or 4 for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA The antenna should be placed in the rearward position for maximum radio reception 4 26 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The antenna cannot be shortened but can be folded down or removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod coun terclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna clock wise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The antenna rod tightening specification is 18 23 in lb 2 0 2 6 N m Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna rod cannot be hand tightened to the proper specification A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may
232. nging engine oil 00e cece e eee 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 0 00 8 10 Continuously variable transmission CVT fluid 8 11 Brake and clutch MU ecatentesceunneuresceeumeee 8 11 Drake HUG P E E E E E E T 8 11 e oiT e EEEN E E atsy an eee ee 8 12 Window washer fluid sicer crc ceveeeievessaeseeeees 8 12 Window washer fluid reservoir 5 8 12 SEA E E E E E E eee 8 13 Jump SIAMING seais reren A E 8 14 Drive Dall Se eerie riae EE oes E ORTE 8 14 Pal CUS say He E EE EE 8 15 Replacing spark pWOS 2 lt 4 e0ere lt taeedwceeseuca 8 15 Arellano ota wen caeks cianee aden ses EEE eee eed 8 16 Windshield wiper blades 0 02 005 8 16 CICA sia lt certutergnesesenpansenvexuar betas 8 16 ReDIACING 22g2q ancaevaue soem ets eee on ease ceete 8 17 Drake Podal sci stedsoe nesses nae ate acesetdeseees 8 18 FUSES copadyecweenestacsaneeer veeset T 8 19 Engine compartment 23222020520 cee5dedenrex oA 8 19 Passenger compartment 00 eee eens 8 21 Battery replacement so cestsecsuvewey Geceeteevasve 8 22 BOTO 6 ransana AERE E E E A R 8 22 Intelligent key battery 0005 8 23 LOIN Steves esteed ad ned cee Baty ee Bees eae eee S 8 24 PICHONGQIS sen cnee eu watieen vee aser E 8 24 Exterior and interior lights 8 25 Wheels and TIKES cues snidwereneedsoaedw enn denen 8 28 Tire We Sele resse manstu neeaaea eed ee 8 28 Tite lADCING 2s 2ecehuteu
233. nlatched 3 Push the rear hatch up to open NOTE If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible FUEL FILLER DOOR AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank OPENER OPERATION FUEL FILLER CAP after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may The fuel filler door release is located below the The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the DIE cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel instrument panel To open the fuel filler door pull cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn fi the release To lock close the fuel filler door the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are spray and possibly a fire securely heard e Use only an original equipment type l fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder 4 while built in safety valve needed for proper refueling operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system
234. nties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 Technical and consumer information 9 17 i SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve h
235. nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself ap 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information
236. o does not carry the Intelligent Key to turn the ignition switch to start the engine The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 4 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function lf the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function SSD0392 Without Intelligent Key system SSD0437A With Intelligent Key system CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When moving the ignition switch to the LOCK position to remove the key from the igni tion switch make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position Starting and driving 5 7 1 Shift the selector lever to the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position The sh
237. o neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked xa SPA2169 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPDO183 Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is move
238. ocation of the Intel ligent Key as soon as possible The Intelli gent Key should be carried by the driver while operating the vehicle The Intelligent Key system warning light turns off about 10 seconds after the Intelli gent Key is brought inside the vehicle The Intelligent Key system warning light blinks green indicating that the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged See Intelligent Key system in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section cy Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Your vehicle may be equipped with a Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pres Instruments and controls 2 9 sure to the recommended C
239. of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues re
240. of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under so
241. ogen Park Turn Front clearance light Front fog light if so equipped Front map lights Room light Glove box light if so equipped Luggage compartment light High mounted stop light Rear combination light Turn signal light Stop Tail Backup reversing License plate light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS HB2 7507 LF WYSW H8 7507 LF 12499 7506 LF 258 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Front map lights Room light Front fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Luggage compartment light High mounted stop light License plate light Rear combination light a i ll a 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Room light Use a cloth to protect the housing SDI1499A LDI0517 Map lights Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 SDI1873 Luggage compartment light Use a cloth to protect the housing 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It
242. om If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate INTE
243. on switch The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the following op erations Turning the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation simulta neously To open the windows press the but ton on the keyfob for longer than 3 sec onds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the keyfob The door windows cannot be closed by using the keyfob 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the 20 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the Intelligent Key Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To deactivate Press and hold the and ir buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three ti
244. on is turned off but the regular braking system continues to operate If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair r O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer A WARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel Instruments and controls 2 7 If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN
245. on speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver main tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv ing and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock braking system does not operate at speeds below 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speeds vary according to road conditions Starting and driving 5 23 When driving the anti lock braking system con trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road Thus steering control is increased and swerving of the vehicle is decreased during emergency braking The system detects the wheel rotation rate and electronically controls the pressure ap plied to each brake Slight vibration on the brake pedal accompanied by noise usually occurs while the ABS system is operating Such vibration and noise encountered during abrupt braking is not a problem but indicates that the system is func tioning properly However the pulsation may in dicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock braking system consists of elec tronic sensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer h
246. onnect the negative battery e Keep battery out of the reach of terminal cable to prevent discharge children A WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not WDI0224 allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replac
247. oors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 CVT model Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission model Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Intelligent Key system models Slowly PUSH ON the ignition switch When the Intelligent Key system warning light Pe in the meter illuminates in green the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch When the Intelligent Key system warning light P CVT e or the Intelligent Key lock warning light iy M T models in the meter blinks in red and the inside
248. operation precautions 00e0eee 4 11 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 4 16 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD GWaNOel lt 2 es2cseics one ceeete ce Se aeereaeeeeeses 4 20 CD care and Cleaning lt ios adx des aveswaen ches owes 4 25 Steering wheel switch for audio control PSO CquIbDed sea ce Secu neoenmaveneneceoens 4 25 EC atic s ad anions woe One beet areas ee newt 4 26 Car phone or CB MadiO ss geweree seer seesce etwas 4 27 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped oncwnarntcnecacennesctacean sapeots 4 27 Using the system ssi cutis cena crr at wa ee een ee 4 29 Control DUHONS cenccergemtaceeceeereuteuceaus 4 31 Getting StdMeGs ceca cccesnctenencdatcasecae es ue 4 31 List of voice Commands 00e eee eens 4 33 Speaker adaptation SA mode 00005 4 38 Troubleshooting guide 0 0 00e 4 39 VENTILATORS SAA1176 SAA1177 SAA1178 center center upper sides Adjust air flow open close 1 Adjust air flow direction 4 2 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure
249. or Tire Placard if so equipped 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap WDI0304 Checking tire pressure 7 Check the pressure of all other tires Example including the spare TIRE LABELING 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden onto the valve stem Do not press too Front Original Tire tifies and describes the fundamental hard or force the valve stem side P185 65R15 characteristics of the tire and also pro ways or air will escape If the hissing Rear Original Tire vides the tire identification number TIN sound of air escaping from the tire is P185 65R15 for safety standard certification The TIN heard while checking the pressure Spare Tire can be used to identify the tire in case of a reposition the gauge to eliminate this T125 70 15 420 kPa 60 PSI recall leakage 3 Remove the gauge Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire P215 65R15 95H speed rating 65 15 t t 3 5 WDI0395 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4
250. or example 555 1212 can be said as five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 4 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 5 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the w button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the F button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phone Book Memo Pad Setup When you press and release the amp F button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR s
251. orrectly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player Cannot play If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications 5 P i Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound qualit iai Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips iat i a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 file has been given an extension of MP3 or mp3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 next song when playing seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the
252. orrectly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident 1 41 Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls The light oper ates as follows Unoc
253. osition starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds Starting and driving 5 9 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 5 10 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all d
254. ot be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors and the rear hatch will be locked auto matically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the re quest switch Opening any doors or the rear hatch Pushing the ignition switch Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the follow ing operations Turning the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not w
255. ound in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren system Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See Child restraint installed using the seat belts later in this section In general child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle pla
256. ownshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd Ath 5th 6th MPH km h 29 47 51 83 74 120 PARKING BRAKE AWARNING 4 ces driving be sure the brake warning ight goes out Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely Starting and driving 5 17
257. ped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse position The vehicle speed in R Re verse is governed at 15 MPH 25 km h Do not exceed 15 MPH 25 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neu tral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L position in any other circumstances Starting and driving 5 13 SSD0534 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift selector lever button pushed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock and push the shift selector lever button The shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked un less the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion To release the shift lock complete the following procedure 5 14 Starting and drivin
258. ped LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off WIC1004 To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 33 MEMO 2 34 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments PVE eaa ee ae ee eee ee ee en ee ere 3 2 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 Intelligent keys if so equipped nnnnnnnnnnn 3 3 DOOlS ceectacyee E oes aes arcu ee cous E 3 4 LOCKING with K6Y cia cez cence geeekc guseeedeceuede 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob 0005 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch if so equipped ven ncetereu dace cura nokueexadoee 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 00ce cence ees 3 6 Remote keyless entry system models without Intelligent Key system if so equipped 3 7 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 Intelligent Key system if so equipped 3 10 Operating rae crar sare seur eyes weer ence sees 3 12 Door locks unlocks precaution 4 3 13 Intelligent Key operation 20 55 3 13 How to use the remote keyless entry MWINCHONM cant ctecesens eusaueeatawsseyenncanenss 3 16 Warning lights and audible reminders
259. position M Seat belt warning light and oa chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warn ing light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning l
260. pposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 6 4 In case of emergency SAI0484 Type A Getting the spare tire and tools Open the hatch Lift the floor board and spare tire cover A To remove the jack take off the strap If necessary remove the spare tire first to easily access the jack strap If spacers are equipped remove them before removing the spare tire Type B SCE0608 Removing wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 4 as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for
261. quipped with a variety of comput ers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help service techni cians with diagnosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag sys tems Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example vehicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passen ger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the s
262. r pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather Starting and driving 5 11 DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTIO
263. r the desired disc then press the button The com pact disc will be ejected When the button is pressed twice the CD will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only AUX Auxiliary button The AUX jack is located on the CD player The AUX audio input jack accepts any standard ana log audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computers Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX jack CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record clea
264. r to N Neutral CVT To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the
265. r use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab 1 and lifting the cover up from the right side 2 then the left side 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition check the fusible links in the holders and 8 If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the fusible links in holders 2 and see a NISSAN dealer WDI0452 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Type A 4 Ifthe fuse is open replace it with a known A CAUTION good fuse Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 5 Push the fuse box cover to install amperage rating than specified on the 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical fuse box cover This could damage the syst
266. rass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for CVT models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB 4 Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches t
267. re re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual P P position selecting warning oa light CVT models if so equipped The light blinks red and the warning buzzer sounds if you are outside of the vehicle with the Intelligent Key and the engine is off but the selector lever is not in the P Park position When the warning light blinks turn the ignition switch to the ON position move the selector lever to the P position then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
268. re not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effec tiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whip lash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the co
269. re place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section LRS0454 Front passenger position 7 Ifthe booster is installed in the front passen ger seat When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the passenger air bag status light 2 may or may not be illumi nated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental R
270. re pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capac ity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious acci dent Loading beyond the speci fied capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY WOMBRE DE PLACES rom x moar 2 arene ENENT ARRIERE B THE COMBI
271. recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0692 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts Q Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low a
272. represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warra
273. restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restr
274. reviewed will remain on and will continue the regular playback CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 RPT RDM button When the RPT RDM button is pressed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT DISC RPT TRACK RDM ALL DISC RDM DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT DISC RPT DISC The disc that is currently playing will be repeated RPT TRACK The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM ALL DISC Tracks from all discs will be played randomly RDM DISC Tracks from the disc that is currently playing will be played randomly 4 24 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems RPT ALL DISC All discs will be played normally with no special play pattern enabled MP3 RPT RDM mode When the RPT RDM button is pressed while an MP3 compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT DISC RPT FOLDER RPT TRACK RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT DISC RPT DISC The disc that is currently playing will be repeated RPT FOLDER The folder selected that is cur rently playing will be repeated RPT TRACK The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM ALL DISC Tracks from all discs will be played randomly RPT ALL DISC All discs will be played normally with no special play pattern enabled A EJECT button Current disc Press the slot number 1 6 fo
275. ription is active Satellite radio can only be in stalled in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation PWR and VOL control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then press the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the PWR button Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO button BASS TREBLE BALANCE FADE SSV and BEEP Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows BAS TRE BAL FAD SPD VOL SSV if so equipped BEEP ON OFF Audio or OFF BAS To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade
276. rmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light A will flash intermittently after the igni tion key is turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt will not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 SRS Front Air Bag Warning Labels 2 SRS Side Air Bag Warning Label SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying A in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tems The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors front air
277. rning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect whe
278. rom around your vehicle 5 26 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency OU e E ee ea eater cece nee ee oc eet E E 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system 6 2 Changing a flat tir e scrsicrrririsrisirirriwiaeis 6 2 Jump SaN cease teen tet ae eena Lee eee eee 6 7 Push Stains oseese nee wee a EE E If your vehicle overheats Towing your vehicle 05 Towing recommended by NISSAN Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light Is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the v
279. rom the ve hicle or secure it and any luggage Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart ment contents hidden from the outside Only attach the hook and loop fastener on the tonneau cover privacy cloth to the area on the rear seatback where it is supposed to be at tached Otherwise the seat surface could be damaged To remove the tonneau cover Remove the straps from the rear hatch Remove the edge of the tonneau cover pri vacy cloth from the rear seatback Remove the tonneau cover holders from the rear pillar Instruments and controls 2 27 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled 2 28 Instruments and controls
280. rotection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel When the Intelligent Key is placed on the tonneau cover When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials The lockout protection may function when the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle but it is too close to the vehicle Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch 2 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may n
281. s and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH AWARNING Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown For the LATCH lower anchor locations see LATCH Latch Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH system anchors are obstructed Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using LATCH 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions LRS0663 Front facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If the seating position does not have an adjust able head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another s
282. s light High beam indicator light Blue Low temperature indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator light MIL Overdrive off indicator light CVT models Security indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on BRAKE or O EFA 4 A BAF Ps If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS o red amp h blue 2 BE If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock braking warning light if so equipped If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock function is turned off but the regular braking system continues to operate If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair warning light if so equipped If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock braking If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock functi
283. s may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Starting and driving 5 5 LOCK PUSH OFF LOCK PUSH ON SSD0435 CVT models INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Key system can operate the igni tion switch without taking the key out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle 5 6 Starting and driving LOCK PUSH OFF LSD0172 M T models Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle If the vehicle battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position and if the steering lock is engaged the steering wheel cannot be moved Charge the battery as soon as possible See JUMP START ING in the In case of emergency sec tion of this manual Operating range The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone wh
284. s on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to ac
285. s operational A CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped When the ignition switch is left in the OFF posi tion instead of completely turning it to the LOCK position the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks red and the Intelligent Key room buzzer will sound The light will keep blinking until the igni tion switch is returned to the LOCK or ACC position If the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds press the PUSH release but ton next to ignition knob then turn the ignition knob to either the LOCK or ACC position KEY Intelligent Key system warning light if so equipped The Intelligent Key system warning light illumi nates green when the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key system warning light illuminates red when the ignition switch cannot be turned The Intelligent Key system warning light blinks red if the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e f the Intelligent Key system warning light blinks make sure of the l
286. se the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Change priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is ac tive when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete
287. sec 7 2 Most common factors contributing to vehicle WNOCIDOGY pa24cceersaceseddee nar RRE RES R 7 3 COMOSION ENE A A E T E E 7 5 Aluminum alloy WHEEIS crceiissrsie tiesiai risien 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Carome PANS ssarinnisra dakini CENTAR SER ARAS 7 3 CONOSION eer EEE EAR 7 5 Tire GQleSSINGS s iiacahs 2 iwevecnerasesweierawexee lt 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 Cleaning INtClOtys aawssdy nb eee eer ease says hued neni 7 3 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and c
288. sei sa 2 21 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 21 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control switch 2 19 lgniton SWitGh lt sc pa oim ma a a 5 5 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster OVI a e oy ala eee em be oe eo a8 2 18 Rear window wiper and washer SWITCHES s sona aa aai d eck Be Bard dw 2 18 Turn signal switch 26 amp aaae 2 21 T Tachometer aoao a a ee 2 4 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 15 3 2 5 9 Three way catalyst 6 ee 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 26 Tire Flat tire ts eh Sw tm Bene ee ae fe 6 2 Sparetire 6 4 8 38 Tire chains 4 eH ae em we a ee S 8 35 Tite placald e ce s odrau arapen 9 11 Tire pressure 2 00 00s 8 28 Tire rotation bon mea ee Bmw Ae HS 8 35 Types of tires 2000 8 34 Uniform tire quality grading 9 16 Wheels andtires 8 28 Wheel tire size 205 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 17 Towing Flat towing 4 aoaaa aa 9 16 Tow truck towing aaaea aaa 6 11 Trailer towing aoaaa aa 9 16 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 15 Selector lever lock release 5 14 Travel See r
289. shifted into the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the Instrument and controls sec tion This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operat ing condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially care ful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal op eration or have it repaired if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch ped
290. st gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label
291. straint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses LRSO661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys LRSO662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment tem This information may also be in the instruc tions provided by the child restraint manufac turer LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See Child restraint installation using LATCH in this section Safety Seats seat belts
292. switch forward 3 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times 2 18 Instruments and controls AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO388 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam
293. t Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does
294. t adjust ment in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head re straint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a dif ferent child restraint 1 23 WRS0680 Front facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRSO667 Front facing step 4 Pull on the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts to emergency lock ing mode when the seat belt is fully re tracted 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO668 Front facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Front facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0698 Front facing step 7 If the child restraint is equipped
295. t always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries How ever an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating c
296. t in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 SIMIC DaNeleteaeceuceser ecteurectecauceteuey sie 0 6 PXtGllOl MONE T IE ates tear acneesk ior ET 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 7 S o leolst ehaneennsce gauss E AE 0 4 Warming indicator lighis essri ssisecsss aeodunce seen ce 0 8 Passenger compartment ssssss aeran ee eee eee 0 5 AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 33 2 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag P 1 33 3 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 33 4 Front seat belts P 1 6 5 Rear seat belts P 1 6 6 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 16 7 Seat belt pre tensioners P 1 46 8 Seats P 1 2 9 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 33 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Engine hood P 3 22 Windshield wiper a
297. telligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power When the Intelligent Key battery i is Low the Intel ligent Key system warning light a will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is turn to the ON position This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to the Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the door The front door beep sounds for approxi Thedoor camat be locked Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and push the door handle request switch mately 2 seconds handle request switch The front door beep sounds for approxi The ignition knob is not turned to Turn the ignition knob to LOCK mately 10 seconds LOCK position The key warning light in the instrument panel The Intelligent Key is not in the Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you When closing the doors blinks in red and the front door warning beep vehicle sounds for approximately 3 seconds The front door beep sounds for approxi The Intelligent Key
298. tem aaao ees 3 10 Key operating range 3 12 Key operation 3 13 Mechanical key 2 eee ee 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 16 Troubleshooting guide 3 21 Warning signals oaa 3 21 terior gE ses aoe a aoe Wee a 2 32 ISOFIX child restraints oaaao 1 16 J Jump starting ic aoaaa aaa 6 7 K Keyfob battery replacement Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system oaa 00 ee eee 3 16 Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry system nonoa 3 7 Keys Except Intelligent Key 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 3 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serialnumber 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 47 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 64 Had s Eee eee be SG 1 16 License plate Installing the license plate an 9 12 Light Air bag warning light aaa 1 47 2 11 Brake light See stop light 2 8 25 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 25 Charge warning light 2 8 Fog light switch aaao 2 21 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control switch 2 19 Inter
299. ter Push the change button for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Push the change button 3 to change the display as follows Trip A Trip B Trip _A 2 4 Instruments and controls RPMx1000 PF TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage TSQ LIC0964 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The W gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle A CAUTION if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE ALA renee the ENGINE malfunction indicator li
300. that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do Technical and consumer information 9 3 not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be Identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a p
301. the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts
302. the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 i The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must al
303. the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key system warning light Sa will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligen
304. themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Ss 2 Air flow control dial 3 Fan control dial zi 4 Air conditioner button 5 Temperature control dial re CONTROLS Fan control dial 7 a The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Gy Air intake lever Outside air circulation Air flow control dial Air recirculation The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets Air flows from center and side ventilators Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the position to recirculate air
305. ther strap anchor point locations 1 18 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Chimes audible reminders 2 13 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Dee 2536 ee a oe he oe ee eo 4 17 4 21 Clutch Clutch fluid gt x gt oe we eee ee 8 12 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Cold weather driving 5 25 Compact disc CD player 4 18 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 25 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 3 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2004 Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level Corrosion protection 2 6 2 a se eee ws Cruise control 2 2 eee ee 5 Cup holders s s sos aane a Seo we oe amp SE 2 Daytime running light system Canada only s a iera a eed oe eS 2 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SHICH s sxs ea w ieg mE ee ee Y 2 Dimensions and weights Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 DOOPlOCkS sese 4 aes ow ee ee eee Door open warning light Drive belts sc s eee edata bawan o ax 8 Driving Cold weather driving 5 Driving with automatic transmission 5 Driving with manual transmission 5 Precautions when starting and driving E Economy fuel 0s ha ee ae Re Ra 5 Emission control information label 9 Emission control system warranty 9 Engine Before starting the eng
306. ting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule 9 6 Technical and consumer information Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL PREFERRED RECOMMENDED
307. tion Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FOLDING REAR SEAT CQ Remove the tonneau cover from the rear seatback 2 Pull the knob to fold each seatback down AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they a
308. tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Outside temperature down to Coolant or equivalent A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level CQ If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add
309. tomated system Say Send one two three four 4 34 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call com mand again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phone book NOTE Phone book commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phone Book New Entry Edit Delete List Names The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associ ated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you ar
310. tor and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neu tral For CVT models move the selector lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Never leave the engine or the CVT re lated component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch
311. tractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat NISSAN recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see Child re straint installation using th
312. traint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself NISSAN recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installa tion in this section A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in jury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious in
313. uel economy aaaea wee 5 20 FPUSLOAUQE s a a moara dea ee ae 2 5 Fuel octane rating aoaaa whe ws 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 25 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 25 PUSES e oaea Ge oe ae o 8 19 Fusible links aoaaa 8 20 G Gas CAPe c ewa aaa aae a ee a 3 25 Gauge Fuel gauge sis bee we ae ee wo 2 5 Odometer 44 ca aoe wo Sed Be eb oe 2 4 Speedometer ooa 2 3 Tachometer aona oaa a a 2 4 Trip odometer s 0 ssas ama sanaaa 2 4 General maintenance 8 2 Glove OOK a A em sa auk A ewe eee ww oe 2 26 H Hazard warning flasher switch 2 21 Head restraints 22 44 bes ae Oe we es 1 5 Active head restraint 1 4 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control switch 2 19 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 3 Heater operation 4 4 Hood release 2 2 000 22 3 22 HOt a ee a e Gos bese ee ew amp 2 22 l Ignition switch oaoa 5 5 Immobilizer system 2 15 3 2 5 9 Important vehicle information label 9 10 Increasing fuel economy 5 20 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 4 40a bee aw we oe 9 6 Inside mirror 2 ee ee 3 27 Instrument brightness control 2 20 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 20 Intelligent Key sys
314. untry state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information
315. usa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage near a tall building or in a mountain ous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area sur rounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degrada tion and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning please refer to Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissan usa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual re garding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfere
316. uthorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons 9 20 Technical and consumer information Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new ve
317. uto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immedi ately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the sunroof will fully close gradu ally Make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof Instruments and controls 2 31 AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the sunroof does
318. w speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water Instruments and controls 2 17 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the
319. warn ing buzzer emits a short beep be sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is securely returned to the LOCK position The Intelligent Key system warning light P CVT models or the Intelligent Key lock warning light iy M T models blink ing in red turns off by performing the follow ing Operations Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position When the buzzer beeps 4 times continu ously check for the following The ignition switch is returned to the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The inside warning buzzer stops when one of the following is performed Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Remove the mechanical key from the ig nition switch Close the doors Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerato
320. ways face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tire
321. weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 15 TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication 9 16 Technical and consumer information For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously VariableTransmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle
322. y the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position Pushthe button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the M button on the keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON Opening windows if so equipped The keyfob allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation simultaneously To open the windows press the but ton on the keyfob for longer than 3 sec onds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the M button on the keyfob The door windows cannot be closed by using the keyfob Using the p
323. you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the r button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an ex tension by an au
324. ys the title of the selected CD track MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to an MP3 with MP3 text when CD with text is being used press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows Track number and Track time gt Folder number and Folder title Album title Artist title Song title Disc title Track number and Track title Track number and time displays the number of the track and how long it has been playing Folder number and title displays the number of the folder and the name Album title displays the album name of the track playing Song title displays the song name of the track playing Disc title displays the disc name of the CD playing Track number and title displays the number of the track and the name Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Name gt Title Current display mode Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 To change the default display mode press the AUDIO button to display mode and press the TUNE button to select the following display modes Channel number gt Channel name Name Title Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO button again to store the setting
325. ytime running light system Canada only 2 20 Instrument brightness control 005 2 20 Tum signal switoh tice eacihs haltompcaarwacr ek eben cn 2 21 Fog light switch if so equipped 48 2 21 Hazard warning flasher switch 0000005s 2 21 FIOUN shee cn NEA E nen geueertecheesceuen gwaweos 2 22 Fower OULIEL lt cscewsscdwseeee se cece ten cots eesades 2 22 eale sau nieusevecea ed EE E E T E 2 23 Map pOCkelS cererea ridin rr ien ENEA AARE 2 23 SlOlade Ways serrer riana p sendy NANS 2 23 Sunglasses holder if so equipped n n 2 24 Cup holders lt 2 vacensds cess mceesexoteaenaseese 2 25 COVE DOK r et cacceketoenc hades ceuaecseuasecsue 2 26 Console box if so equipped 000e ees 2 26 Covered storage DIA sie ics new desnweede ner rrara 2 27 Tonneau COVE sc cc ciwavcucsiven st wevadeaeeinae 2 27 WVINGOWSecees tars veered deuteks eouseseweras vanes 2 28 Power windows if so equipped 005 2 28 Manual WINDOWS 0 3002 caedeseemeeotevaeetecans 2 30 Sunroof if so equipped n 6 ccc eee eee es 2 30 Automatic SUNrOOf ee weetivaere enana 2 30 Mteror NGM ov ctor iced eavenot arena naaa 2 32 Map lights if so equipped 0 cece eee eee 2 33 Luggage compartment light 0 eee ee 2 33 INSTRUMENT PANEL 7 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 17 2 18 8 Audio system P 4 10 9 Storage bin P 2 23 10 Center ventilator P 4 2 11 P

2007 Nissan Versa Owner Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents